Z124

Cayman Islands

Back to Profile

1-100 of 352 for Z124 Sort by
Query
Aggregations
Jurisdiction
        United States 295
        World 57
Date
2022 2
2021 4
2020 25
2019 6
Before 2019 315
IPC Class
G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements 214
G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device 206
G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures 204
G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance 187
G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor 178
See more
Status
Pending 3
Registered / In Force 349
Found results for  patents
  1     2     3     4        Next Page

1.

UNIFIED DESKTOP TRIAD CONTROL USER INTERFACE FOR AN APPLICATION LAUNCHER

      
Application Number 17374989
Status Pending
Filing Date 2021-07-13
First Publication Date 2022-01-06
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Schrock, Rodney W.

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface or “desktop” across two devices are provided. More particularly, a unified desktop is presented across a device and a computer system that comprise a unified system. The unified desktop acts as a single user interface that presents data and receives user interaction in a seamless environment that emulates a personal computing environment. To function within the personal computing environment, the unified desktop includes a process for docking and undocking the device with the computer system. The unified desktop presents a new user interface to allow access to functions of the unified desktop.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

2.

Unified desktop input segregation in an application manager

      
Application Number 16894380
Grant Number 11416131
Status In Force
Filing Date 2020-06-05
First Publication Date 2022-01-06
Grant Date 2022-08-16
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface or “desktop” across two devices are provided. More particularly, a unified desktop is presented across a device and a computer system that comprise a unified system. The unified desktop acts as a single user interface that presents data and receives user interaction in a seamless environment that emulates a personal computing environment. To function within the personal computing environment, the unified desktop includes a process for docking and undocking the device with the computer system. The unified desktop presents a new user interface to allow access to functions of the unified desktop.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/04845 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range for image manipulation, e.g. dragging, rotation, expansion or change of colour
  • G06F 3/04883 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

3.

Minimizing and maximizing between landscape dual display and landscape single display

      
Application Number 17101156
Grant Number 11429146
Status In Force
Filing Date 2020-11-23
First Publication Date 2021-07-22
Grant Date 2022-08-30
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Selim, Mohammed

Abstract

Methods and devices for minimizing and maximizing displayed output associated with applications are provided. More particularly, an application presented across two or more screens of a device in a landscape mode can be minimized to present portion of the application in one of the screens. With respect to a maximization operation received with respect to a page of an application results in the expansion of the displayed portion of the application to multiple screens of the device. Input to effect minimization and maximization operations can be entered in one or more gesture capture regions associated with the screens.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/04883 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • H04N 21/47 - End-user applications
  • H04N 21/431 - Generation of visual interfaces; Content or additional data rendering
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/04817 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance using icons
  • G06F 3/04845 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range for image manipulation, e.g. dragging, rotation, expansion or change of colour
  • G06F 3/04886 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/04842 - Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • G06F 3/04847 - Interaction techniques to control parameter settings, e.g. interaction with sliders or dials

4.

Annunciator drawer

      
Application Number 17173542
Grant Number 11573674
Status In Force
Filing Date 2021-02-11
First Publication Date 2021-06-03
Grant Date 2023-02-07
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Torres Milano, Eduardo Diego
  • Ficklin, Jared L.
  • Burton, Denise
  • Wygonik, Gregg

Abstract

A dual-screen user device and methods for revealing a combination of selected desktops and applications on single and dual screens are disclosed. Desktops and applications can be shifted between screens by user gestures, and/or moved off of the screens and therefore hidden. Hidden desktops and screens can be re-displayed by other gestures. The desktops and applications are arranged in a window stack that represents a logical order of the desktops and applications providing a user with an intuitive ability to manage multiple applications/desktops running simultaneously. One embodiment provides an annunciator window extending across both screens in a dual screen configuration. The annunciator window provides alerts, notifications, and statuses of the device in an increased area thereby enhancing viewability of the information in the window. The annunciator window can be expanded over a selected screen to view full contents of the window without having to minimize or close running applications.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/04883 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
  • G06F 3/04886 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/04842 - Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/04812 - Interaction techniques based on cursor appearance or behaviour, e.g. being affected by the presence of displayed objects
  • G06F 3/04845 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range for image manipulation, e.g. dragging, rotation, expansion or change of colour
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/04817 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance using icons
  • G06F 3/04847 - Interaction techniques to control parameter settings, e.g. interaction with sliders or dials
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means

5.

Desktop application manager: card dragging of dual screen cards

      
Application Number 17101230
Grant Number 11221649
Status In Force
Filing Date 2020-11-23
First Publication Date 2021-05-20
Grant Date 2022-01-11
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Torres Milano, Eduardo Diego
  • Cassar, Ron

Abstract

Methods and devices for selecting a card from an application stack, wherein the card represents a corresponding application that a user would like to make active or bring focus to. The selecting includes one or more of a dragging and a tapping action, with these actions being triggers for transitioning the device to an optional drag state or tapped state, respectively. Transitioning through this state executes the activating of a corresponding application or other action on the device to facilitate window/application/desktop management. The selecting further allows a user to specify which a touch screen (or portion hereof) on which a particular application should be launched.

IPC Classes  ?

  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04M 1/725 - Cordless telephones
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 9/54 - Interprogram communication
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • H04N 21/47 - End-user applications
  • H04N 21/431 - Generation of visual interfaces; Content or additional data rendering
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers

6.

Smartpad window management

      
Application Number 16985810
Grant Number 11137796
Status In Force
Filing Date 2020-08-05
First Publication Date 2021-01-21
Grant Date 2021-10-05
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Visosky, John S.

Abstract

A multi-display device is adapted to be dockable or otherwise associatable with an additional device. In accordance with one exemplary embodiment, the multi-display device is dockable with a smartpad. The exemplary smartpad can include a screen, a touch sensitive display, a configurable area, a gesture capture region(s) and a camera. The smartpad can also include a port adapted to receive the device. The exemplary smartpad is able to cooperate with the device such that information displayable on the device is also displayable on the smartpad. Furthermore, any one or more of the functions on the device are extendable to the smartpad, with the smartpad capable of acting as an input/output interface or extension of the smartpad. Therefore, for example, information from one or more of the displays on the multi-screen device is displayable on the smartpad.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • H04N 21/47 - End-user applications
  • H04N 21/431 - Generation of visual interfaces; Content or additional data rendering
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers

7.

Screen shuffle

      
Application Number 16877663
Grant Number 10990242
Status In Force
Filing Date 2020-05-19
First Publication Date 2020-11-05
Grant Date 2021-04-27
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Reeves, Paul Edward
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Schrock, Rodney Wayne

Abstract

Systems and methods are provides for changing a window stack for a multi-screen device. The window stack can change based on the movement of a window. The system can receive a gesture indicating a change in the position of a window in the device. Upon receiving the gesture, the system determines a new position in the window stack for the moved window. Then, the system can determine a display associated with the moved window and change the logic data structure associated with the moved window to describe the new position of the moved window in the window stack.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop

8.

Keyboard maximization on a multi-display handheld device

      
Application Number 16817841
Grant Number 11226710
Status In Force
Filing Date 2020-03-13
First Publication Date 2020-09-10
Grant Date 2022-01-18
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a virtual keyboard are provided. More particularly, a change in the operating mode of a multiple screen device from a multiple screen operating mode to a single screen operating mode, or from a single screen operating mode to a multiple screen operating mode, can be determined. Moreover, a change in the operating mode can effect a change in a presentation of a virtual keyboard. More particularly, a presentation of a virtual keyboard can be retained, where the number of screens of the device in view of the user is changed, provided an application with a keyboard focus remains in view of the user after the change in operating mode.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 17/10 - Complex mathematical operations
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means

9.

Drag move gesture in user interface

      
Application Number 16785857
Grant Number 11182046
Status In Force
Filing Date 2020-02-10
First Publication Date 2020-08-13
Grant Date 2021-11-23
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Marintchenko, Maxim

Abstract

Embodiments are directed to gesture-based navigation through windows displayed on a mobile device by receiving a first gesture through a touch-sensitive screen of the mobile device. In response to receiving the first gesture, display of a first window of an ordered set of windows on a first display area of the touch sensitive screen can be stopped and display of the first window on the second display area of the touch sensitive screen can be started. In response to receiving a second gesture, display of a second window of the ordered set of windows on the first display area can be stopped and display of the second displayed window on the second display area can be started. The second displayed window on the second display area can at least partially obscures the first displayed window on the second display area.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop

10.

Managing presentation of windows on a mobile device

      
Application Number 16780653
Grant Number 10949051
Status In Force
Filing Date 2020-02-03
First Publication Date 2020-08-06
Grant Date 2021-03-16
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

The disclosed embodiments are directed to managing presentation of windows on a mobile device by presenting first and second portions of a composite display on one or more foldable touch-sensitive screens, receiving an input to activate an expose mode including a primary expose view with simultaneous representation of active windows, and displaying the primary expose view on a first portion of the composite display. When a gesture input indicating a command to maximize a selected active window is received, the primary expose view can be displayed on the first portion of the composite display and a secondary expose view can be displayed on a second portion of the composite display, wherein the secondary expose view appears hidden behind the first expose and appears to move out from behind the primary expose view on the first portion of the composite display onto the second portion of the composite display.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means

11.

Controlling display of a plurality of windows on a mobile device

      
Application Number 16785889
Grant Number 11132161
Status In Force
Filing Date 2020-02-10
First Publication Date 2020-08-06
Grant Date 2021-09-28
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor De Paz, Alexander

Abstract

A mobile device and methods for controlling windows displayed thereby are disclosed. Specifically, the windows displayed by the mobile device are conditioned upon the orientation of the device. A feature is also disclosed in which a window from a first application on a first display portion is automatically displayed on a second display portion when the device is rotated. Modal windows can be displayed with the feature in which the modal windows can either be dismissed upon execution of the feature, or can remain being displayed.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements

12.

Methods and systems for presenting windows on a mobile device using gestures

      
Application Number 16748630
Grant Number 11010047
Status In Force
Filing Date 2020-01-21
First Publication Date 2020-07-23
Grant Date 2021-05-18
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Faulk, Brett B.
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Schrock, Rodney W.
  • Visosky, John S.
  • Freedman, Eric
  • Ficklin, Jared L.
  • Burton, Denise L.
  • Cripps, Misty
  • Wygonik, Gregg

Abstract

Presenting a plurality of windows on a display of a mobile device can comprise displaying a first window on the display. The first window can be a dual-display window displayed on both a first and second display portion of the display. In response to a touch gesture, a second window can be presented on at least one of the first and second display portions. When the second window is a dual-display window, the second window can be displayed in the first and second display portions. When the second window is not a dual-display window, the second window can be displayed on one of the first and second display portions and a third window can be displayed on another one of the first and second display portions. When the third window is a dual-display window, it can be displayed on the other one of the first and second display portions.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means

13.

Sensing the screen positions in a dual screen phone

      
Application Number 16727477
Grant Number 11740654
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-12-26
First Publication Date 2020-07-02
Grant Date 2023-08-29
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Becze, Charles

Abstract

A handheld communication device includes first and second screens, a hinge to rotate the first and second screens between open and closed positions, and a position sensor to determine the relative position of the first and second screens. The position sensor can be a Hall-Effect sensor.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/04883 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • H04N 21/47 - End-user applications
  • H04N 21/431 - Generation of visual interfaces; Content or additional data rendering
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • H04W 72/563 - Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on priority criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04N 23/63 - Control of cameras or camera modules by using electronic viewfinders
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/04817 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance using icons
  • G06F 3/04845 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range for image manipulation, e.g. dragging, rotation, expansion or change of colour
  • G06F 3/04886 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/04842 - Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • G06F 3/04847 - Interaction techniques to control parameter settings, e.g. interaction with sliders or dials

14.

Secondary single screen mode activation through user interface toggle

      
Application Number 16714954
Grant Number 11221647
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-12-16
First Publication Date 2020-06-18
Grant Date 2022-01-11
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Selim, Mohammed

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface on a second screen. More particularly, the method includes a change in the display mode of a multiple screen device from a first screen to a second screen while the device is closed. The change in the display mode may be made in response to a request from an application. The application may be executed and have the user interface window associated with the application moved to a second screen. The change to the second screen can be requested based on input into the application or automatically generated based on the type of application. In response to the request from the application, the device can render the user interface in the second screen.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • H04N 21/47 - End-user applications
  • H04N 21/431 - Generation of visual interfaces; Content or additional data rendering
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers

15.

Unified desktop docking flow

      
Application Number 16689888
Grant Number 10983559
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-11-20
First Publication Date 2020-05-28
Grant Date 2021-04-20
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Reeves, Brian
  • Tyghe, Chris
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Teltz, Richard

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface or “desktop” across two devices are provided. More particularly, a unified desktop is presented across a device and a computer system that comprise a unified system. The unified desktop acts as a single user interface that presents data and receives user interaction in a seamless environment that emulates a personal computing environment. To function within the personal computing environment, the unified desktop includes a process for docking and undocking the device with the computer system. The unified desktop presents desktops or windows based on the displays that were pre-existing before docking or undocking.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 13/40 - Bus structure
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

16.

Windows position control for phone applications

      
Application Number 16669789
Grant Number 11416023
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-10-31
First Publication Date 2020-04-30
Grant Date 2022-08-16
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface for a phone application are provided. More particularly, a change in the display mode of a multiple screen device can be determined after the device is rotated. More particularly, a presentation of a user interface for a dialer of a phone application can be retained after receiving a signal indicating the rotation of the device. However, based on the direction of the rotation, the dialer may be moved from a first screen to a second screen and the window is changed to a landscape orientation.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/04883 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
  • G06F 3/04886 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus

17.

Displaying a unified desktop across connected devices

      
Application Number 16676640
Grant Number 11573597
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-11-07
First Publication Date 2020-04-23
Grant Date 2023-02-07
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Embodiments provide for a handheld device with a unified desktop for integrating the functionality of the handheld device with a larger computer system. When connected to a peripheral display and/or a display of the larger computer system, the handheld device provides a unified desktop displayed across the screen(s) of the handheld device and the peripheral display. The unified desktop unifies the functionality provided by the larger computer system and the handheld functionality, e.g., communication applications (e.g., phone, SMS, MMS). A user can seamlessly interact with applications, e.g., open, move, close, receive notifications, on the unified desktop whether the applications are displayed on the screens of the handheld device, or the peripheral display of the larger computer system.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/04817 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance using icons
  • G06F 3/04842 - Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
  • G06F 3/04886 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/04883 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • H04N 21/47 - End-user applications
  • H04N 21/431 - Generation of visual interfaces; Content or additional data rendering
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/04845 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range for image manipulation, e.g. dragging, rotation, expansion or change of colour
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • G06F 3/04847 - Interaction techniques to control parameter settings, e.g. interaction with sliders or dials

18.

Rules based hierarchical data virtualization

      
Application Number 16585447
Grant Number 11423050
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-09-27
First Publication Date 2020-03-26
Grant Date 2022-08-23
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Reeves, Brian

Abstract

Methods and devices for connecting a mobile device with different data storage devices located either locally or remotely are provided. The device may apply one or more rules to create a hierarchical virtualization of the several data storage devices. The virtualization may then be provided to the user as a single, hierarchical file system. Further, a monitoring system may monitor the file system to determine if any new applications have been installed or if applications are currently being executed. If a connection is made to a secure network, the system may provide the information derived from the monitoring to the secure network. The secure network can then analyze the information to determine if any of the applications should be uninstalled from the device or should be stopped while the device is connected to the network.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 16/28 - Databases characterised by their database models, e.g. relational or object models
  • G06F 13/10 - Program control for peripheral devices
  • G06F 16/185 - Hierarchical storage management [HSM] systems, e.g. file migration or policies thereof
  • G06F 16/248 - Presentation of query results
  • G06F 16/22 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 3/04883 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/04886 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus

19.

Desktop application manager: card dragging of dual screen cards

      
Application Number 16693756
Grant Number 10853016
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-11-25
First Publication Date 2020-03-19
Grant Date 2020-12-01
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Torres Milano, Eduardo Diego
  • Cassar, Ron

Abstract

Methods and devices for selecting a card from an application stack, wherein the card represents a corresponding application that a user would like to make active or bring focus to. The selecting includes one or more of a dragging and a tapping action, with these actions being triggers for transitioning the device to an optional drag state or tapped state, respectively. Transitioning through this state executes the activating of a corresponding application or other action on the device to facilitate window/application/desktop management. The selecting further allows a user to specify which a touch screen (or portion hereof) on which a particular application should be launched.

IPC Classes  ?

  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04M 1/725 - Cordless telephones
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 9/54 - Interprogram communication
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • H04N 21/47 - End-user applications
  • H04N 21/431 - Generation of visual interfaces; Content or additional data rendering
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers

20.

Displayed image transition indicator

      
Application Number 16577119
Grant Number 11537259
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-09-20
First Publication Date 2020-03-19
Grant Date 2022-12-27
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander

Abstract

A dual display communication device includes a gesture capture region to receive a gesture, a first touch sensitive display to receive a gesture and display displayed images (such as a desktop or window of an application), and a second touch sensitive display to receive a gesture and display displayed images. Middleware receives a gesture, the gesture indicating that a displayed image is to be moved from the first touch sensitive display to the second touch sensitive display, such as to maximize a window to cover portions of both displays simultaneously; in response and prior to movement of the displayed image to the second touch sensitive display, moves a transition indicator from the first touch sensitive display to the second touch sensitive display to a selected position to be occupied by the displayed image; and thereafter moves the displayed image from the first touch sensitive display to the second touch sensitive display to the selected position.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/04817 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance using icons
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/04845 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range for image manipulation, e.g. dragging, rotation, expansion or change of colour
  • G06F 3/04847 - Interaction techniques to control parameter settings, e.g. interaction with sliders or dials
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/04886 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/04883 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
  • G06F 3/04842 - Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop

21.

Gesture controlled screen repositioning for one or more displays

      
Application Number 16580795
Grant Number 11068124
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-09-24
First Publication Date 2020-03-19
Grant Date 2021-07-20
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Sirpal, Sanjiv

Abstract

Control of a computing device using gesture inputs. The computing device may be a handheld computing device with a plurality of displays. The displays may be capable of displaying a graphical user interface (GUI). The plurality of displays may be modified in response to receipt of a gesture input such that the displays are changed from a first state to a second state. The change of the displays from the first state to the second state may include moving a GUI from a first display to a second display. Additionally, a second GUI may be moved from the second display to the first display. The gesture input may comprise multiple touches, such as a pinch gesture.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop

22.

UNIFIED DESKTOP STATUS NOTIFICATIONS

      
Application Number 16559209
Status Pending
Filing Date 2019-09-03
First Publication Date 2020-02-27
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface or “desktop” across two devices are provided. More particularly, a unified desktop is presented across a device and a computer system. The unified desktop acts as a single user interface that presents data and receives user interaction in a seamless environment. The unified desktop can present notifications for both the computer system and the device in the unified desktop. Thus, regardless of the origin of the notification, the notification may be presented on the unified desktop on the device user interface and/or the computer system user interface.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information

23.

Image capture modes for dual screen mode

      
Application Number 16559217
Grant Number 11221646
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-09-03
First Publication Date 2020-02-27
Grant Date 2022-01-11
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Selim, Mohammed

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface during an image capture. More particularly, the method includes a change in the display mode of a multiple screen device for a first screen and a second screen when capturing the image. The change in the display mode may be made in response to one or more actions conducted by a user. The image capture function includes different modes that display different information on the first and/or second screens.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • H04N 21/47 - End-user applications
  • H04N 21/431 - Generation of visual interfaces; Content or additional data rendering
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers

24.

Docking station for portable devices providing authorized power transfer and facility access

      
Application Number 16559235
Grant Number 11290587
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-09-03
First Publication Date 2020-02-27
Grant Date 2022-03-29
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Ricci, Christopher P.
  • Dupray, Dennis J.

Abstract

A docking station for docking portable electronic devices is disclosed. The docking station is configured to mechanically accept and operatively interface with the portable electronic device for non-contact charging and data transfer. The docking station can provide security features for providing and/or restricting access to computational facilities such as printers, databases, installed programs, etc. Such security features can include installing applications on such portable devices that limit access.

IPC Classes  ?

  • H04M 1/724 - User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones
  • G06F 13/40 - Bus structure
  • G06F 21/62 - Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements

25.

Maintaining focus upon swapping of images

      
Application Number 16671454
Grant Number 11372515
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-11-01
First Publication Date 2020-02-27
Grant Date 2022-06-28
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Embodiments are described for handling focus when a gesture is input in a multi-screen device. In embodiments, the gesture indicates that two images, one that is in focus, swap positions. In response to receiving the gesture, the image in focus is moved from a first display of a first screen to a second display of a second screen. After the images are swapped, the focus is maintained on the image that originally had the focus.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 17/10 - Complex mathematical operations
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/04883 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
  • G06F 3/04886 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/04842 - Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/04812 - Interaction techniques based on cursor appearance or behaviour, e.g. being affected by the presence of displayed objects
  • G06F 3/04845 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range for image manipulation, e.g. dragging, rotation, expansion or change of colour
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/04817 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance using icons
  • G06F 3/04847 - Interaction techniques to control parameter settings, e.g. interaction with sliders or dials
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means

26.

HANDLING GESTURES FOR CHANGING FOCUS

      
Application Number 16554949
Status Pending
Filing Date 2019-08-29
First Publication Date 2020-02-20
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Cassar, Ron
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Zaremski, Miroslaw (mirek)

Abstract

Embodiments are described for handling focus when a gesture is input in a multi-screen device. In embodiments, if the gesture is incomplete a focus is maintained on a screen, display area, or displayed image that has the focus. If the gesture is determined to be complete, then the focus is changed to a different screen, display area, or displayed image.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor

27.

Pinch gesture to swap windows

      
Application Number 16549819
Grant Number 11599240
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-08-23
First Publication Date 2020-02-13
Grant Date 2023-03-07
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Schrock, Rodney W.

Abstract

The disclosed method and device are directed to a communication device that receives, by a gesture capture region and/or a touch sensitive display, a gesture while a first touch sensitive display is displaying a first displayed image and a second touch sensitive display is displaying a second displayed image and, in response, ceasing to display the first displayed image on the first touch sensitive display and commencing to display the first displayed image on the second touch sensitive display and ceasing to display a second displayed image on the second touch sensitive display and commencing to display the second displayed image on the first touch sensitive display.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/04817 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance using icons
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/04845 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range for image manipulation, e.g. dragging, rotation, expansion or change of colour
  • G06F 3/04847 - Interaction techniques to control parameter settings, e.g. interaction with sliders or dials
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/04886 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/04883 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
  • G06F 3/04842 - Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop

28.

Unified desktop triad control user interface for an application launcher

      
Application Number 16542102
Grant Number 11093200
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-08-15
First Publication Date 2020-02-06
Grant Date 2021-08-17
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Schrock, Rodney W.

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface or “desktop” across two devices are provided. More particularly, a unified desktop is presented across a device and a computer system that comprise a unified system. The unified desktop acts as a single user interface that presents data and receives user interaction in a seamless environment that emulates a personal computing environment. To function within the personal computing environment, the unified desktop includes a process for docking and undocking the device with the computer system. The unified desktop presents a new user interface to allow access to functions of the unified desktop.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • H04M 1/72409 - User interfaces specially adapted for cordless or mobile telephones with means for local support of applications that increase the functionality by interfacing with external accessories

29.

Gallery picker service

      
Application Number 16544398
Grant Number 11262792
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-08-19
First Publication Date 2020-02-06
Grant Date 2022-03-01
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Selim, Mohammed

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface in a dual screen device. More particularly, the method includes providing a gallery for the dual screen device. The gallery can present one or more images in a user interface. The gallery user interface can adapt to changes in the device configuration. Further, the gallery can display images or videos in the various configurations.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/04883 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • H04N 21/47 - End-user applications
  • H04N 21/431 - Generation of visual interfaces; Content or additional data rendering
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/04817 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance using icons
  • G06F 3/04845 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range for image manipulation, e.g. dragging, rotation, expansion or change of colour
  • G06F 3/04886 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/04842 - Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • G06F 3/04847 - Interaction techniques to control parameter settings, e.g. interaction with sliders or dials

30.

Gallery video player movement iconography

      
Application Number 16542527
Grant Number 11327526
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-08-16
First Publication Date 2020-02-06
Grant Date 2022-05-10
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Selim, Mohammed
  • Burdzinski, Gregory

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface in a dual screen device. More particularly, the method includes providing a gallery for the dual screen device. The gallery can present one or more images in a user interface. The gallery user interface can adapt to changes in the device configuration. Further, the gallery can display images or videos in the various configurations.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/04883 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • H04N 21/47 - End-user applications
  • H04N 21/431 - Generation of visual interfaces; Content or additional data rendering
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/04817 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance using icons
  • G06F 3/04845 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range for image manipulation, e.g. dragging, rotation, expansion or change of colour
  • G06F 3/04886 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/04842 - Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • G06F 3/04847 - Interaction techniques to control parameter settings, e.g. interaction with sliders or dials

31.

Presentation of a virtual keyboard on a multiple display device

      
Application Number 16545839
Grant Number 10963007
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-08-20
First Publication Date 2020-02-06
Grant Date 2021-03-30
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Schrock, Rodney W.

Abstract

Methods and systems for presenting a user interface that includes a virtual keyboard are provided. More particularly, a virtual keyboard can be presented using one or more touch screens included in a multiple display device. The content of the virtual keyboard can be controlled in response to user input. Configurable portions of the virtual keyboard include selectable rows of virtual keys. In addition, whether selectable rows of virtual keys and/or a suggestion bar is displayed together with the standard character and control keys of the virtual keyboard can be determined in response to context or user input.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • H04N 21/47 - End-user applications
  • H04N 21/431 - Generation of visual interfaces; Content or additional data rendering
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers

32.

User interface with stacked application management

      
Application Number 16437163
Grant Number 11231829
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-06-11
First Publication Date 2019-09-26
Grant Date 2022-01-25
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Sirpal, Sanjiv

Abstract

Methods and apparatus for controlling a computing device using gesture inputs. The gesture inputs may be operative to move screens corresponding to applications executing on the handheld computing device from one display to another. Additionally, a multi portion gesture may be used to target different screens. For example, a first portion of the gesture may maintain or “pin” a screen in a display such that a second portion of the gesture is operative to move a different screen behind the pinned application.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop

33.

Methods and systems for controlling window minimization and maximization on a mobile device

      
Application Number 16385888
Grant Number 10871871
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-04-16
First Publication Date 2019-08-08
Grant Date 2020-12-22
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Cassar, Ron
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Lemberg, Volodimir Felixovich
  • Visosky, John S.

Abstract

The present disclosure is directed to methodologies and devices for handling maximizing and minimizing of hierarchically related windows.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

34.

Focus change dismisses virtual keyboard on a multiple screen device

      
Application Number 16291230
Grant Number 11340751
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-03-04
First Publication Date 2019-07-18
Grant Date 2022-05-24
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Methods and devices for providing a virtual keyboard in connection with a multiple screen device are provided. More particularly, information displayed on the screen of a multiple screen device having a current focus of the user is identified, and is presented by a top screen. The virtual keyboard is presented by the bottom screen. The virtual keyboard can be dismissed in response to detecting a change in the focus of the user.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/04883 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures for inputting data by handwriting, e.g. gesture or text
  • G06F 3/04886 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures by partitioning the display area of the touch-screen or the surface of the digitising tablet into independently controllable areas, e.g. virtual keyboards or menus
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/04842 - Selection of displayed objects or displayed text elements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/04812 - Interaction techniques based on cursor appearance or behaviour, e.g. being affected by the presence of displayed objects
  • G06F 3/04845 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range for image manipulation, e.g. dragging, rotation, expansion or change of colour
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/04817 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance using icons
  • G06F 3/04847 - Interaction techniques to control parameter settings, e.g. interaction with sliders or dials
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means

35.

Smartpad window management

      
Application Number 16278270
Grant Number 10740058
Status In Force
Filing Date 2019-02-18
First Publication Date 2019-06-20
Grant Date 2020-08-11
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Visosky, John S.

Abstract

A multi-display device is adapted to be dockable or otherwise associatable with an additional device. In accordance with one exemplary embodiment, the multi-display device is dockable with a smartpad. The exemplary smartpad can include a screen, a touch sensitive display, a configurable area, a gesture capture region(s) and a camera. The smartpad can also include a port adapted to receive the device. The exemplary smartpad is able to cooperate with the device such that information displayable on the device is also displayable on the smartpad. Furthermore, any one or more of the functions on the device are extendable to the smartpad, with the smartpad capable of acting as an input/output interface or extension of the smartpad. Therefore, for example, information from one or more of the displays on the multi-screen device is displayable on the smartpad.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 1/14 - Time supervision arrangements, e.g. real time clock
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information

36.

Mobile device off-screen gesture area

      
Application Number 16236990
Grant Number 10545712
Status In Force
Filing Date 2018-12-31
First Publication Date 2019-05-23
Grant Date 2020-01-28
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv

Abstract

Methods and devices for receiving input and presenting a user interface with two screens and an off screen gesture area. The device may have an off screen gesture area that accepts user input outside the display area. The interface inputs received in the off screen gesture are may have special handling and cause different display changes. Further, the device, having two screens, may receive user interface inputs that cross the seam between the two displays. To provide a display that acts like a single display area, the device can predict motions may cross the seam and then interrelate separate inputs on separate screens. The interrelated inputs can cause display changes as if the inputs were received as a single user interaction.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information

37.

Email client display transitions between portrait and landscape

      
Application Number 16155696
Grant Number 10831358
Status In Force
Filing Date 2018-10-09
First Publication Date 2019-02-07
Grant Date 2020-11-10
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Webber, Paul

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface for an email application are provided. More particularly, a change in the operating mode of a multiple screen device from a multiple screen operating mode in portrait orientation to a multiple screen operating mode in a landscape orientation, or vice versa, can be determined. Moreover, a change in the operating mode can effect a change in a presentation of a user interface associated with an email application. More particularly, a presentation of a user interface can be retained, where the number of screens of the device in view of the user is changed, provided a user interface for the email application remains in view of the user after the change in operating mode.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06Q 10/10 - Office automation; Time management
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G09G 5/38 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory with means for controlling the display position
  • H04L 12/58 - Message switching systems
  • H04M 1/725 - Cordless telephones

38.

Multi-display control

      
Application Number 16101793
Grant Number 10705674
Status In Force
Filing Date 2018-08-13
First Publication Date 2018-12-06
Grant Date 2020-07-07
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv

Abstract

A dual-screen user device and methods for controlling data displayed thereby are disclosed. Specifically, the data displayed by the multiple screens of the dual-screen user device is conditioned upon the type of user gesture or combination of user gestures detected. The display controls described herein can correlate user inputs received in a gesture capture region to one or more display actions, which may include maximization, minimization, or reformatting instructions.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus

39.

Max mode

      
Application Number 15960289
Grant Number 10268338
Status In Force
Filing Date 2018-04-23
First Publication Date 2018-08-30
Grant Date 2019-04-23
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Selim, Mohammed
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Tyghe, Chris
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Webber, Paul
  • Schrock, Rodney W.
  • Faulk, Brett B.

Abstract

A smartpad is provided that has various display modes.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures

40.

Smart dock call handling rules

      
Application Number 15890818
Grant Number 10652383
Status In Force
Filing Date 2018-02-07
First Publication Date 2018-06-21
Grant Date 2020-05-12
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Selim, Mohammed

Abstract

A multi-display device can interface with two or more different types of docking stations. The device can determine the type of dock and change the pin outs for a connector to interface with that dock. Once docked, the device can determine a charge status for the device and the dock to present the status to the user. Further, the dock can enter one of several modes, including a call receipt mode and an entertainment mode. The modes allow for expanded functionality for the device while docked. Two particular docks, the laptop dock and the smart dock, provide special functionality with the device.

IPC Classes  ?

  • H04M 1/725 - Cordless telephones
  • G06F 13/40 - Bus structure
  • G06F 21/62 - Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements

41.

Gallery video player

      
Application Number 15864930
Grant Number 10466951
Status In Force
Filing Date 2018-01-08
First Publication Date 2018-05-10
Grant Date 2019-11-05
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Selim, Mohammed
  • Cassar, Ron
  • Visosky, John S.

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface in a dual screen device. More particularly, the method includes providing a gallery for the dual screen device. The gallery can present one or more images in a user interface. The gallery user interface can adapt to changes in the device configuration. Further, the gallery can display images or videos in the various configurations.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces

42.

Multiscreen phone emulation

      
Application Number 15804964
Grant Number 10089054
Status In Force
Filing Date 2017-11-06
First Publication Date 2018-03-01
Grant Date 2018-10-02
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Jouin, Christophe Max Jean

Abstract

A computer system including a computer display; a computer processor, where the computer processor is running at least one computer operating system, where the at least one computer operating system communicably interfaces with a device operating system, where the device operating system resides on a device and the device includes a device processor and two or more device displays; and where the computer display mimics the two or more device displays.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 17/30 - Information retrieval; Database structures therefor
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets

43.

Smartpad split screen desktop

      
Application Number 15497842
Grant Number 10248282
Status In Force
Filing Date 2017-04-26
First Publication Date 2017-08-10
Grant Date 2019-04-02
Owner Z124 (USA)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Visosky, John Steven
  • De Paz, Alexander

Abstract

A multi-display device is adapted to be dockable or otherwise associatable with an additional device. In accordance with one exemplary embodiment, the multi-display device is dockable with a smartpad. The exemplary smartpad can include a screen, a touch sensitive display, a configurable area, a gesture capture region(s) and a camera. The smartpad can also include a port adapted to receive the device. The exemplary smartpad is able to cooperate with the device such that information displayable on the device is also displayable on the smartpad. Furthermore, any one or more of the functions on the device are extendable to the smartpad, with the smartpad capable of acting as an input/output interface or extension of the smartpad. Therefore, for example, information from one or more of the displays on the multi-screen device is displayable on the smartpad.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

44.

Managing hierarchically related windows in a single display

      
Application Number 15241862
Grant Number 09817541
Status In Force
Filing Date 2016-08-19
First Publication Date 2017-02-16
Grant Date 2017-11-14
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Ficklin, Jared L.
  • Burton, Denise
  • Wygonik, Gregg

Abstract

The present disclosure is directed to methodologies and devices for handling the display of hierarchically related windows in a single-screen communication device.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

45.

Windows position control for phone applications

      
Application Number 15235984
Grant Number 10156969
Status In Force
Filing Date 2016-08-12
First Publication Date 2017-02-09
Grant Date 2018-12-18
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface for a phone application are provided. More particularly, a change in the display mode of a multiple screen device can be determined. More particularly, a presentation of a user interface for an in-process call of a phone application can be retained after receiving a flick in an off-screen gesture area of the device. However, the user interface moves from a first screen to a second screen (or vice versa) in response to receiving the flick. The user interface provides detail information about a phone call that is currently in-process.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04M 1/725 - Cordless telephones

46.

Gravity drop

      
Application Number 15237479
Grant Number 10558415
Status In Force
Filing Date 2016-08-15
First Publication Date 2017-02-09
Grant Date 2020-02-11
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor De Paz, Alexander

Abstract

A multi-screen user device and methods for controlling data displayed thereby are disclosed. Specifically, the data displayed by the multiple screens of the multi-screen user device is conditioned upon the relative position of the multiple screens. A gravity drop display feature is also disclosed in which data from a first application on a first screen is automatically displayed on a second screen when the device is rotated. Modal windows can be displayed with the gravity drop display feature in which the modal windows can either be dismissed upon execution of the gravity drop feature, or can remain being displayed.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer

47.

Display clipping on a multiscreen device

      
Application Number 15294899
Grant Number 09639320
Status In Force
Filing Date 2016-10-17
First Publication Date 2017-02-02
Grant Date 2017-05-02
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Visosky, John S.
  • Sahi, Roomi

Abstract

Embodiments are described for handling situations when a window or application is repositioned and clipped in a multi-screen device. In embodiments, if the window is repositioned such that it cannot be displayed entirely on one display, but would otherwise spillover or spill onto another display, the window or application is clipped. Such clipping is performed based on the size and location of the window and the size and location of the display.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning

48.

Filling stack opening in display

      
Application Number 15147809
Grant Number 10282065
Status In Force
Filing Date 2016-05-05
First Publication Date 2016-11-03
Grant Date 2019-05-07
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Sirpal, Sanjiv

Abstract

The present disclosure is directed to methodologies and devices for quitting an active application and controlling displayed images as a result of quitting the application.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

49.

Smartpad—desktop

      
Application Number 15095422
Grant Number 10168975
Status In Force
Filing Date 2016-04-11
First Publication Date 2016-10-06
Grant Date 2019-01-01
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Milano, Eduardo Diego Torres

Abstract

A multi-display device is adapted to be dockable or otherwise associatable with an additional device. In accordance with one exemplary embodiment, the multi-display device is dockable with a smartpad. The exemplary smartpad can include a screen, a touch sensitive display, a configurable area, a gesture capture region(s) and a camera. The smartpad can also include a port adapted to receive the device. The exemplary smartpad is able to cooperate with the device such that information displayable on the device is also displayable on the smartpad. Furthermore, any one or more of the functions on the device are extendable to the smartpad, with the smartpad capable of acting as an input/output interface or extension of the smartpad. Therefore, for example, information from one or more of the displays on the multi-screen device is displayable on the smartpad.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 17/30 - Information retrieval; Database structures therefor
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces

50.

Docking station for portable devices providing authorized power transfer and facility access

      
Application Number 15156122
Grant Number 09569636
Status In Force
Filing Date 2016-05-16
First Publication Date 2016-10-06
Grant Date 2017-02-14
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Ricci, Christopher P.
  • Dupray, Dennis J.

Abstract

A docking station for docking portable electronic devices is disclosed. The docking station is configured to mechanically accept and operatively interface with the portable electronic device for non-contact charging and data transfer. The docking station can provide security features for providing and/or restricting access to computational facilities such as printers, databases, installed programs, etc. Such security features can include installing applications on such portable devices that limit access.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 21/62 - Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements

51.

Unified desktop big brother applications

      
Application Number 15085747
Grant Number 10409438
Status In Force
Filing Date 2016-03-30
First Publication Date 2016-09-29
Grant Date 2019-09-10
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Reeves, Brian
  • Tyghe, Chris
  • Teltz, Richard

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface or “desktop” across two devices are provided. More particularly, a unified desktop is presented across a device and a computer system that comprise a unified system. The unified desktop acts as a single user interface that presents data and receives user interaction in a seamless environment that emulates a personal computing environment. To function within the personal computing environment, the unified desktop includes a process for docking and undocking the device with the computer system. The unified desktop presents a new user interface to allow access to functions of the unified desktop.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures

52.

Multi-screen email client

      
Application Number 15075644
Grant Number 10503381
Status In Force
Filing Date 2016-03-21
First Publication Date 2016-09-22
Grant Date 2019-12-10
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Schrock, Rodney W.
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Vonderhaar, Aaron
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Soto, Salvador
  • Kurdziel, Stanley
  • Webber, Paul

Abstract

An email client having multiple screens that may be displayed in different corresponding ones of a plurality of different display portions of a handheld electronic device. The screens of the email client may be related by way of a dependency relationship and/or may provide for control between the various screens. In one embodiment, the email client includes a folder management screen, a message listing screen, a message detail screen, and an attachment screen. Additionally, the email client may be responsive to received gesture inputs to navigate with respect to the screens and/or perform actions with respect to one or more elements (e.g., messages) of the various screens.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G09G 5/38 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory with means for controlling the display position
  • G06Q 10/10 - Office automation; Time management
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • H04L 12/58 - Message switching systems
  • H04M 1/725 - Cordless telephones
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures

53.

Dual screen property detail display

      
Application Number 15065668
Grant Number 10528312
Status In Force
Filing Date 2016-03-09
First Publication Date 2016-09-15
Grant Date 2020-01-07
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Reeves, Brian

Abstract

A device includes two touch sensitive displays. Particular display device (e.g., balloons, pop-up windows, tooltips, etc.) can be displayed in the two touch sensitive displays. However, in some circumstances, presenting the display device may cause problems interfacing with or viewing data on the device. Thus, the device can determine if presenting the display device in a proposed location will cause difficulties for the user. If such difficulties are predicted, the device may move the display of the display device to the other touch sensitive display.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information

54.

Keyboard operation on application launch

      
Application Number 14965602
Grant Number 10572095
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-12-10
First Publication Date 2016-07-07
Grant Date 2020-02-25
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a virtual keyboard are provided. More particularly, upon the receipt of instructions to launch an application, a determination can be made as to whether the application is associated with instructions to receive keyboard focus on launch. If the application is to receive keyboard focus on launch, a virtual keyboard is presented together with the newly launched application. Where an application is not set to receive keyboard focus on launch, a virtual keyboard that is presented when instructions to launch the application are received can be dismissed.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

55.

Focus change dismisses virtual keyboard on a multiple screen device

      
Application Number 14954576
Grant Number 10222929
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-11-30
First Publication Date 2016-06-30
Grant Date 2019-03-05
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Methods and devices for providing a virtual keyboard in connection with a multiple screen device are provided. More particularly, information displayed on the screen of a multiple screen device having a current focus of the user is identified, and is presented by a top screen. The virtual keyboard is presented by the bottom screen. The virtual keyboard can be dismissed in response to detecting a change in the focus of the user.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

56.

Location based data path selection

      
Application Number 14943785
Grant Number 09594538
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-11-17
First Publication Date 2016-06-23
Grant Date 2017-03-14
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Jouin, Christophe Max Jean

Abstract

A wireless communication device is provided that includes a cellular telephony module to access a cellular network, a wireless communication module to access a non-cellular network, an antenna configured to be in wireless communication with a plurality of compatible and currently accessible communication networks including the cellular and non-cellular networks, a mobile location module operable to determine a current spatial location of the communication device, and a mobile network selector operable, based at least in part on the current spatial location of the communication device, to select a compatible and currently accessible communication network from among the plurality of compatible and currently accessible communication networks.

IPC Classes  ?

  • H04M 1/00 - Substation equipment, e.g. for use by subscribers
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 17/30 - Information retrieval; Database structures therefor
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like

57.

Mobile device off-screen gesture area

      
Application Number 14947383
Grant Number 10168973
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-11-20
First Publication Date 2016-06-23
Grant Date 2019-01-01
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv

Abstract

Methods and devices for receiving input and presenting a user interface with two screens and an off screen gesture area. The device may have an off screen gesture area that accepts user input outside the display area. The interface inputs received in the off screen gesture are may have special handling and cause different display changes. Further, the device, having two screens, may receive user interface inputs that cross the seam between the two displays. To provide a display that acts like a single display area, the device can predict motions may cross the seam and then interrelate separate inputs on separate screens. The interrelated inputs can cause display changes as if the inputs were received as a single user interaction.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 17/30 - Information retrieval; Database structures therefor
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces

58.

Method and system for viewing stacked screen displays using gestures

      
Application Number 14968539
Grant Number 10540087
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-12-14
First Publication Date 2016-06-16
Grant Date 2020-01-21
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Faulk, Brett B.
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Schrock, Rodney W.
  • Visosky, John S.
  • Freedman, Eric
  • Ficklin, Jared L.
  • Burton, Denise L.
  • Cripps, Misty
  • Wygonik, Gregg

Abstract

An intuitive technique for inputting user gestures into a handheld computing device is disclosed allowing a user to better manipulate different types of screen display presentations, such as desktops and application windows, when performing tasks thereon, wherein a window stack for application windows and/or desktops can be navigated and sequentially displayed according to the window stack ordering without disturbing or changing this ordering.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements

59.

Unified desktop big brother application pools

      
Application Number 14931670
Grant Number 10558414
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-11-03
First Publication Date 2016-05-12
Grant Date 2020-02-11
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface or “desktop” across two devices are provided. More particularly, a unified desktop is presented across a device and a computer system that comprise a unified system. The unified desktop acts as a single user interface that presents data and receives user interaction in a seamless environment that emulates a personal computing environment. To function within the personal computing environment, the unified desktop includes a process for docking and undocking the device with the computer system. The unified desktop presents a new user interface to allow access to functions of the unified desktop.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device

60.

Seam minimization in a handheld dual display device

      
Application Number 14930574
Grant Number 09645607
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-11-02
First Publication Date 2016-04-28
Grant Date 2017-05-09
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Becze, Charles

Abstract

A handheld communication device includes first and second screen assemblies, each including a screen having an active display area and housing having a rear surface, and a side surface extending between a periphery of the screen and the rear surface of the housing and a hinge connected to the first and second screen assemblies, whereby, when the hinge is in the fully opened position, the hinge is configured to enable a distance between the first and second active display areas to be no more than about 10 mm.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 17/30 - Information retrieval; Database structures therefor
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like

61.

Multiple child windows in dual display communication devices

      
Application Number 14919421
Grant Number 10261651
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-10-21
First Publication Date 2016-04-21
Grant Date 2019-04-16
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Cassar, Ron
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Lemberg, Volodimir Felixovich
  • Visosky, John S.

Abstract

The present disclosure is directed to methodologies and devices for handling maximizing and minimizing of hierarchically related windows.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

62.

Unified desktop input segregation in an application manager

      
Application Number 14887074
Grant Number 10678411
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-10-19
First Publication Date 2016-04-21
Grant Date 2020-06-09
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface or “desktop” across two devices are provided. More particularly, a unified desktop is presented across a device and a computer system that comprise a unified system. The unified desktop acts as a single user interface that presents data and receives user interaction in a seamless environment that emulates a personal computing environment. To function within the personal computing environment, the unified desktop includes a process for docking and undocking the device with the computer system. The unified desktop presents a new user interface to allow access to functions of the unified desktop.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

63.

Multi-screen device that modifies a window stack when transitioning from an open state to a closed state

      
Application Number 14885233
Grant Number 10540052
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-10-16
First Publication Date 2016-04-14
Grant Date 2020-01-21
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Cassar, Ron
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Visosky, John S.

Abstract

Systems and methods are provides for displaying a second window for a multi-screen device in response to opening the device. The window stack can change based on the change in the orientation of the device. The system can receive an orientation change that transitions the device from a closed state to an open state. A previously created, but inactive, window in the stack can be displayed on one of the two or more displays comprising the device when opened. The previously created window become active to be displayed on the second of the displays after the device is opened.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

64.

Unified desktop docking behavior for visible-to-visible extension

      
Application Number 14858867
Grant Number 09665333
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-09-18
First Publication Date 2016-04-14
Grant Date 2017-05-30
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface or “desktop” across two devices are provided. More particularly, a unified desktop is presented across a device and a computer system that comprise a unified system. The unified desktop acts as a single user interface that presents data and receives user interaction in a seamless environment that emulates a personal computing environment. To function within the personal computing environment, the unified desktop includes a process for docking and undocking the device with the computer system. The unified desktop presents desktops or windows based on a set of pre-determined rules.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer

65.

Virtual file system remote search

      
Application Number 14876588
Grant Number 10198450
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-10-06
First Publication Date 2016-04-07
Grant Date 2019-02-05
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Reeves, Brian

Abstract

Methods and devices for connecting a mobile device with different data storage devices located either locally or remotely are provided. The device may apply one or more rules to create a hierarchical virtualization of the several data storage devices. The virtualization may then be provided to the user as a single, hierarchical file system. Further, a monitoring system may monitor the file system to determine if any new applications have been installed or if applications are currently being executed. If a connection is made to a secure network, the system may provide the information derived from the monitoring to the secure network. The secure network can then analyze the information to determine if any of the applications should be uninstalled from the device or should be stopped while the device is connected to the network.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 17/30 - Information retrieval; Database structures therefor
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures

66.

Keyboard filling one screen or spanning multiple screens of a multiple screen device

      
Application Number 14872658
Grant Number 10528230
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-10-01
First Publication Date 2016-04-07
Grant Date 2020-01-07
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Csiki, Robert

Abstract

Methods and devices for presenting a virtual keyboard are provided. More particularly, in connection with a multiple screen device, a virtual keyboard can be presented in a first mode using all of one of the screens. In a second mode, the virtual keyboard can be presented using portions of both of the screens. More particularly, with the screens of the device in a landscape orientation, one screen can be devoted to present the virtual keyboard while the other screen remains available to present other information. In a portrait orientation, the virtual keyboard can span the two screens, such that a first portion of the first screen and a first portion of the second screen operate cooperatively to present the virtual keyboard.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 5/01 - Methods or arrangements for data conversion without changing the order or content of the data handled for shifting, e.g. justifying, scaling, normalising
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 5/14 - Means for monitoring the fill level; Means for resolving contention, i.e. conflicts between simultaneous enqueue and dequeue operations for overflow or underflow handling, e.g. full or empty flags

67.

Beveled handheld communication device edge

      
Application Number 14874159
Grant Number 09946505
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-10-02
First Publication Date 2016-04-07
Grant Date 2018-04-17
Owner Z124 (USA)
Inventor
  • Becze, Charles
  • O'Connor, Michael J.

Abstract

A handheld computing device can include a substantially rectangular first screen having a front surface, a rear surface, and a beveled edge extending between the front and rear surfaces of the first screen and a substantially rectangular second screen rotatably connected to the first screen so that the device is foldable between an open position and a closed position, the second screen having a front surface, a rear surface, and a beveled edge extending between the front and rear surfaces of the second screen. When the device is in the closed position, the first and second screens are positioned back-to-back and the beveled edges of the first and second screens angle inwardly toward the other respective screen to provide an angled surface configured to facilitate opening the device.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 17/30 - Information retrieval; Database structures therefor
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof

68.

Display clipping on a multiscreen device

      
Application Number 14858967
Grant Number 09474021
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-09-18
First Publication Date 2016-03-17
Grant Date 2016-10-18
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Visosky, John S.
  • Sahi, Roomi

Abstract

Embodiments are described for handling situations when a window or application is repositioned and clipped in a multi-screen device. In embodiments, if the window is repositioned such that it cannot be displayed entirely on one display, but would otherwise spillover or spill onto another display, the window or application is clipped. Such clipping is performed based on the size and location of the window and the size and location of the display.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 17/30 - Information retrieval; Database structures therefor
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output

69.

Dynamic cross-environment application configuration/orientation

      
Application Number 14950632
Grant Number 10503344
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-11-24
First Publication Date 2016-03-17
Grant Date 2019-12-10
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Brian
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Liu, Wuke
  • Sushchev, Borys

Abstract

Dynamic configuration of cross-environment applications enhances the computing experience in a computing environment with an extended active user environment and/or multiple active user environments. A mobile computing device maintains multiple active device configurations associated with multiple active user environments and/or application windows within active user environments. Device configuration qualifiers are determined from a variety of sources including device characteristics, device indicators, user settings, and/or application presentation. The mobile computing device selects active resource sets for applications based on the device configuration qualifiers. Application presentation is dynamically updated by disestablishing an application screen and establishing a new active application screen using a different resource set. The mobile computing device may be a smartphone running the Android mobile operating system and a full desktop Linux distribution on a modified Android kernel.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • H04W 4/00 - Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
  • H04L 29/08 - Transmission control procedure, e.g. data link level control procedure
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • H04W 4/60 - Subscription-based services using application servers or record carriers, e.g. SIM application toolkits

70.

Multi-operating system

      
Application Number 14847933
Grant Number 09678810
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-09-08
First Publication Date 2016-03-03
Grant Date 2017-06-13
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Brian
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Teltz, Richard
  • Reeves, David
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Tyghe, Christopher

Abstract

A mobile computing device with a mobile operating system and desktop operating system running concurrently and independently on a shared kernel without virtualization. The mobile operating system provides a user experience for the mobile computing device that suits the mobile environment. The desktop operating system provides a full desktop user experience when the mobile computing device is docked to a secondary terminal environment. The mobile computing device may be a smartphone running the Android mobile OS and a full desktop Linux distribution on a modified Android kernel.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06F 9/46 - Multiprogramming arrangements
  • G06F 9/50 - Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
  • G06F 9/54 - Interprogram communication
  • G06F 13/00 - Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
  • G06F 13/14 - Handling requests for interconnection or transfer
  • G09G 5/36 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory
  • G06F 13/40 - Bus structure
  • G06F 9/445 - Program loading or initiating
  • G06F 9/455 - Emulation; Interpretation; Software simulation, e.g. virtualisation or emulation of application or operating system execution engines
  • G06F 13/42 - Bus transfer protocol, e.g. handshake; Synchronisation

71.

Drag move gesture in user interface

      
Application Number 14839727
Grant Number 10558321
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-28
First Publication Date 2016-03-03
Grant Date 2020-02-11
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Marintchenko, Maxim

Abstract

The disclosed method and device are directed to navigation, by a dual display communication device, through display objects.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements

72.

Handset states and state diagrams: open, closed transitional and easel

      
Application Number 14844891
Grant Number 09582235
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-09-03
First Publication Date 2016-03-03
Grant Date 2017-02-28
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Selim, Mohammed
  • Cassar, Ron
  • Visosky, John S.

Abstract

A multi-display device is adapted to turn on and off certain device functionality based on one or more of device state and triggers. These triggers include a transition trigger, an open trigger and a closed trigger. Furthermore, and based on one or more of these triggers and device state, the device can provide feedback to a user, such as visual feedback, audio feedback and vibration feedback to assist a user with determining when the device is changing state. The operation of the primary screen, secondary screen, system and feedback options are also described relative to the beginning and endpoint of the device transition. Furthermore, the trigger corresponding to a transitional trigger where primary and secondary screens have a certain angle orientation and the trigger corresponding to a trigger point where the primary and secondary screens have a second angle orientation relative to one another are described.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 17/30 - Information retrieval; Database structures therefor
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition

73.

Desktop application manager: card dragging of dual screen cards—smartpad

      
Application Number 14831665
Grant Number 10445044
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-20
First Publication Date 2016-02-25
Grant Date 2019-10-15
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Torres Milano, Eduardo Diego
  • Cassar, Ron

Abstract

Methods and devices for selecting a card from an application stack, wherein the card represents a corresponding application that a user would like to make active or bring focus to. The selecting includes one or more of a dragging and a tapping action, with these actions being triggers for transitioning the device to an optional drag state or tapped state, respectively. Transitioning through this state executes the activating of a corresponding application or other action on the device to facilitate window/application/desktop management. The selecting further allows a user to specify which a touch screen (or portion hereof) on which a particular application should be launched.

IPC Classes  ?

  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04M 1/725 - Cordless telephones
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 9/54 - Interprogram communication
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces

74.

Foreground/background assortment of hidden windows

      
Application Number 14834305
Grant Number 10528210
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-24
First Publication Date 2016-02-25
Grant Date 2020-01-07
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Brian
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Liu, Wuke
  • Sushchev, Borys

Abstract

Graphical navigation of foreground and background applications running on a mobile computing device across multiple active user environments, even when graphics information for background applications is not maintained by a mobile operating system of the mobile computing device. A last graphical representation of an application screen may be captured as the application state is transitioned from the foreground state to the background state. The last graphical representation may be associated with a position in an application activity stack representing foreground and background mobile operating system applications. The navigation techniques may be used in a computing environment with multiple active user environments. A first active user environment may be associated with the mobile operating system. A second active user environment may be associated with the mobile operating system or a desktop operating system running concurrently with the mobile operating system on the mobile computing device.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G09G 5/36 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range

75.

Maintaining focus upon swapping of images

      
Application Number 14834248
Grant Number 10514831
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-24
First Publication Date 2016-02-25
Grant Date 2019-12-24
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Embodiments are described for handling focus when a gesture is input in a multi-screen device. In embodiments, the gesture indicates that two images, one that is in focus, swap positions. In response to receiving the gesture, the image in focus is moved from a first display of a first screen to a second display of a second screen. After the images are swapped, the focus is maintained on the image that originally had the focus.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 17/20 - Handling natural language data
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

76.

Gallery operations for an album and picture page in landscape dual mode

      
Application Number 14841142
Grant Number 10474410
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-31
First Publication Date 2016-02-25
Grant Date 2019-11-12
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Limongi, Karina A.

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface in a dual screen device. More particularly, the method includes providing a gallery for the dual screen device. The gallery can present one or more images in a user interface. The gallery user interface can adapt to changes in the device configuration. Further, the gallery can display images or videos in the various configurations.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces

77.

Hinge overtravel in a dual screen handheld communication device

      
Application Number 14829423
Grant Number 10514877
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-18
First Publication Date 2016-02-18
Grant Date 2019-12-24
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Becze, Charles

Abstract

A handheld communication device includes first and second screen assemblies, each including a screen having an active display area and housing having a rear surface, and a side surface extending between a periphery of the screen and the rear surface of the housing and a hinge connected to the first and second screen assemblies, whereby the hinge has a range of motion of more than 180 degrees.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information

78.

Desktop application manager: card dragging of dual screen cards

      
Application Number 14831645
Grant Number 10503454
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-20
First Publication Date 2016-02-18
Grant Date 2019-12-10
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Torres Milano, Eduardo Diego
  • Cassar, Ron

Abstract

Methods and devices for selecting a card from an application stack, wherein the card represents a corresponding application that a user would like to make active or bring focus to. The selecting includes one or more of a dragging and a tapping action, with these actions being triggers for transitioning the device to an optional drag state or tapped state, respectively. Transitioning through this state executes the activating of a corresponding application or other action on the device to facilitate window/application/desktop management. The selecting further allows a user to specify which a touch screen (or portion hereof) on which a particular application should be launched.

IPC Classes  ?

  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04M 1/725 - Cordless telephones
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 9/54 - Interprogram communication
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06F 16/51 - Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
  • G06F 16/54 - Browsing; Visualisation therefor
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information

79.

Multi-screen mobile device that launches applications into a revealed desktop

      
Application Number 14831587
Grant Number 10331296
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-20
First Publication Date 2016-02-18
Grant Date 2019-06-25
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

A dual-screen user device and methods for launching applications from a revealed desktop onto a logically chosen screen are disclosed. Specifically, a user reveals the desktop and then launches a selected application from one of two desktops displayed on a primary and secondary screen of a device. When the application is launched, it is displayed onto a specific screen depending on the input received and the logical rules determining the display output. As the application is displayed onto the specific screen, the desktop is removed from display and the opposite screen can display other data.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device

80.

Changing the screen stack upon desktop reveal

      
Application Number 14832760
Grant Number 10409437
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-21
First Publication Date 2016-02-18
Grant Date 2019-09-10
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Reeves, Paul Edward
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Schrock, Rodney Wayne
  • Ficklin, Jared L.

Abstract

Systems and methods are provides for revealing a desktop in a window stack for a multi-screen device. The window stack can change based on the revealing of a desktop. The system can receive a gesture indicating an application with the desktop, which was previously created in the stack, is to be revealed on the display of the device. Upon receiving the gesture, the system determines that the desktop is to occupy substantially all of a composite display that spans substantially all of the two or more touch sensitive displays of the device. Then, the system can determine that the desktop is to be associated with the composite display and change a logic data structure associated with the desktop to describe the position of the desktop on the top of the window stack.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

81.

Secondary single screen mode activation through user interface toggle

      
Application Number 14821338
Grant Number 10013226
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-07
First Publication Date 2016-02-11
Grant Date 2018-07-03
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Selim, Mohammed

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface on a second screen. More particularly, the method includes a change in the display mode of a multiple screen device from a first screen to a second screen while the device is closed. The change in the display mode may be made in response to a request from an application. The application may be executed and have the user interface window associated with the application moved to a second screen. The change to the second screen can be requested based on input into the application or automatically generated based on the type of application. In response to the request from the application, the device can render the user interface in the second screen.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04N 5/222 - Studio circuitry; Studio devices; Studio equipment
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • B29D 11/00 - Producing optical elements, e.g. lenses or prisms
  • E05D 3/12 - Hinges with pins with two or more pins with two parallel pins and one arm
  • F21V 8/00 - Use of light guides, e.g. fibre optic devices, in lighting devices or systems
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/0489 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using dedicated keyboard keys or combinations thereof
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G09G 1/00 - Control arrangements or circuits, of interest only in connection with cathode-ray tube indicators
  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G09G 5/34 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators for rolling or scrolling
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04N 5/445 - Receiver circuitry for displaying additional information
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 72/06 - Wireless resource allocation based on ranking criteria of the wireless resources
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals
  • H05K 5/00 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus
  • H05K 5/02 - Casings, cabinets or drawers for electric apparatus - Details
  • H05K 5/04 - Metal casings
  • H05K 7/02 - Arrangements of circuit components or wiring on supporting structure
  • H05K 7/14 - Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
  • H05K 13/00 - Apparatus or processes specially adapted for manufacturing or adjusting assemblages of electric components
  • H05K 13/04 - Mounting of components
  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • H04W 88/02 - Terminal devices
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G09G 5/12 - Synchronisation between the display unit and other units, e.g. other display units, video-disc players
  • G06G 1/00 - Hand-manipulated computing devices
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • H04N 5/232 - Devices for controlling television cameras, e.g. remote control
  • H04N 5/262 - Studio circuits, e.g. for mixing, switching-over, change of character of image, other special effects
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/0485 - Scrolling or panning
  • G06F 17/30 - Information retrieval; Database structures therefor
  • G06F 9/00 - Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
  • G06F 3/16 - Sound input; Sound output
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • H04W 4/02 - Services making use of location information
  • H04W 24/02 - Arrangements for optimising operational condition
  • G09G 5/373 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for modifying the size of the graphic pattern
  • G09G 5/377 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators characterised by the display of individual graphic patterns using a bit-mapped memory - Details of the operation on graphic patterns for mixing or overlaying two or more graphic patterns
  • H04B 1/3827 - Portable transceivers
  • H04W 68/00 - User notification, e.g. alerting or paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
  • G06T 3/20 - Linear translation of a whole image or part thereof, e.g. panning
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 9/451 - Execution arrangements for user interfaces

82.

Mobile handset recharge

      
Application Number 14822715
Grant Number 10050456
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-10
First Publication Date 2016-02-11
Grant Date 2018-08-14
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Flynn, Michael J.

Abstract

Methods and devices for connecting a mobile device with different data storage devices located either locally or remotely are provided. The device may apply one or more rules to create a hierarchical virtualization of the several data storage devices. The virtualization may then be provided to the user as a single, hierarchical file system. Further, a monitoring system may monitor the file system to determine if any new applications have been installed or if applications are currently being executed. If a connection is made to a secure network, the system may provide the information derived from the monitoring to the secure network. The secure network can then analyze the information to determine if any of the applications should be uninstalled from the device or should be stopped while the device is connected to the network.

IPC Classes  ?

  • H02J 7/00 - Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries
  • H02J 7/14 - Circuit arrangements for charging or depolarising batteries or for supplying loads from batteries for charging batteries from dynamo-electric generators driven at varying speed, e.g. on vehicle
  • H04B 1/3888 - Arrangements for carrying or protecting transceivers
  • H04M 1/04 - Supports for telephone transmitters or receivers
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • H04B 1/3883 - Arrangements for mounting batteries or battery chargers

83.

Windows position control for phone applications

      
Application Number 14822754
Grant Number 10237394
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-10
First Publication Date 2016-02-11
Grant Date 2019-03-19
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a user interface for a phone application are provided. More particularly, a change in the display mode of a multiple screen device can be determined. More particularly, a presentation of a user interface for a call log of a phone application can be retained after receiving a flick in an off-screen gesture area of the device. However, a second, child window is provided in a second screen in response to receiving the flick. The second, child window provides detail information about a phone call selected in the call log.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • H04M 1/02 - Constructional features of telephone sets
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • H04M 1/725 - Cordless telephones
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor

84.

Annunciator drawer

      
Application Number 14824846
Grant Number 10915214
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-12
First Publication Date 2016-02-11
Grant Date 2021-02-09
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Torres Milano, Eduardo Diego
  • Ficklin, Jared L.
  • Burton, Denise
  • Wygonik, Gregg

Abstract

A dual-screen user device and methods for revealing a combination of selected desktops and applications on single and dual screens are disclosed. Desktops and applications can be shifted between screens by user gestures, and/or moved off of the screens and therefore hidden. Hidden desktops and screens can be re-displayed by other gestures. The desktops and applications are arranged in a window stack that represents a logical order of the desktops and applications providing a user with an intuitive ability to manage multiple applications/desktops running simultaneously. One embodiment provides an annunciator window extending across both screens in a dual screen configuration. The annunciator window provides alerts, notifications, and statuses of the device in an increased area thereby enhancing viewability of the information in the window. The annunciator window can be expanded over a selected screen to view full contents of the window without having to minimize or close running applications.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors

85.

Keyboard maximization on a multi-display handheld device

      
Application Number 14823856
Grant Number 10592061
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-08-11
First Publication Date 2016-02-11
Grant Date 2020-03-17
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

Methods and devices for selectively presenting a virtual keyboard are provided. More particularly, a change in the operating mode of a multiple screen device from a multiple screen operating mode to a single screen operating mode, or from a single screen operating mode to a multiple screen operating mode, can be determined. Moreover, a change in the operating mode can effect a change in a presentation of a virtual keyboard. More particularly, a presentation of a virtual keyboard can be retained, where the number of screens of the device in view of the user is changed, provided an application with a keyboard focus remains in view of the user after the change in operating mode.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 17/20 - Handling natural language data
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

86.

Spheroidal pivot for an electronic device

      
Application Number 14174730
Grant Number 09152171
Status In Force
Filing Date 2014-02-06
First Publication Date 2015-10-06
Grant Date 2015-10-06
Owner Z124 (USA)
Inventor
  • Wu, Chun-Ting
  • Chuang, Chen-Pang

Abstract

A multi-positionable computer comprises a user interface portion and a processing portion. The user interface portion includes a path along its back surface. The user interface portion can include a slot for receiving computer peripherals. The processing portion includes a connecting member for slidably coupling the processing portion to the user interface portion, and a rolling surface for contacting an external surface. The processing portion allows the user interface portion to be oriented in one of a plurality of positions along the path. In one orientation of the user interface portion, content is automatically displayed to align with the orientation of the user interface portion. In some embodiments, a virtual keyboard is displayed when the user interface portion is oriented in a predetermined position. The processing portion includes sides adjacent to the rolling surface. In some embodiments, ports and/or connections are accessible from at least one of the sides.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements

87.

Spheroidal pivot for an electronic device

      
Application Number 14175300
Grant Number 09152263
Status In Force
Filing Date 2014-02-07
First Publication Date 2015-10-06
Grant Date 2015-10-06
Owner Z124 (USA)
Inventor
  • Wu, Chun-Ting
  • Chuang, Chen-Pang

Abstract

A multi-positionable computer comprises a user interface portion and a processing portion. The user interface portion includes a path along its back surface. The user interface portion can include a slot for receiving computer peripherals. The processing portion includes a connecting member for slidably coupling the processing portion to the user interface portion, and a rolling surface for contacting an external surface. The processing portion allows the user interface portion to be oriented in one of a plurality of positions along the path. In one orientation of the user interface portion, content is automatically displayed to align with the orientation of the user interface portion. In some embodiments, a virtual keyboard is displayed when the user interface portion is oriented in a predetermined position. The processing portion includes sides adjacent to the rolling surface. In some embodiments, ports and/or connections are accessible from at least one of the sides.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements

88.

Spheroidal pivot for an electronic device

      
Application Number 14175859
Grant Number 09152172
Status In Force
Filing Date 2014-02-07
First Publication Date 2015-10-06
Grant Date 2015-10-06
Owner Z124 (USA)
Inventor
  • Wu, Chun-Ting
  • Chuang, Chen-Pang

Abstract

A multi-positionable computer comprises a user interface portion and a processing portion. The user interface portion includes a path along its back surface. The user interface portion can include a slot for receiving computer peripherals. The processing portion includes a connecting member for slidably coupling the processing portion to the user interface portion, and a rolling surface for contacting an external surface. The processing portion allows the user interface portion to be oriented in one of a plurality of positions along the path. In one orientation of the user interface portion, content is automatically displayed to align with the orientation of the user interface portion. In some embodiments, a virtual keyboard is displayed when the user interface portion is oriented in a predetermined position. The processing portion includes sides adjacent to the rolling surface. In some embodiments, ports and/or connections are accessible from at least one of the sides.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements

89.

User interface with stacked application management

      
Application Number 14733669
Grant Number 10318106
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-06-08
First Publication Date 2015-09-24
Grant Date 2019-06-11
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Sirpal, Sanjiv

Abstract

Methods and apparatus for controlling a computing device using gesture inputs. The gesture inputs may be operative to move screens corresponding to applications executing on the handheld computing device from one display to another. Additionally, a multi portion gesture may be used to target different screens. For example, a first portion of the gesture may maintain or “pin” a screen in a display such that a second portion of the gesture is operative to move a different screen behind the pinned application.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus

90.

Managing expose views in dual display communication devices

      
Application Number 14658029
Grant Number 10552007
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-03-13
First Publication Date 2015-09-10
Grant Date 2020-02-04
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

The present disclosure is directed to methodologies and devices for handling maximizing and minimizing of exposé views.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

91.

Max mode

      
Application Number 14679746
Grant Number 09952743
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-04-06
First Publication Date 2015-08-27
Grant Date 2018-04-24
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Selim, Mohammed
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Tyghe, Chris
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Webber, Paul
  • Schrock, Rodney W.
  • Faulk, Brett B.

Abstract

A smartpad is provided that has various display modes.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports

92.

Keeping focus during desktop reveal

      
Application Number 14703243
Grant Number 09280285
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-05-04
First Publication Date 2015-08-20
Grant Date 2016-03-08
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Reeves, Paul Edward
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Schrock, Rodney Wayne

Abstract

Systems and methods are provides for adjusting focus during a desktop reveal. A window has focus before the desktop is revealed. After the window is returned and the desktop hidden, the focus is again placed on the window. Further, a configurable area associated with the screen that displays the window is maintained during the desktop reveal and the return of the window.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures

93.

Physical key secure peripheral interconnection

      
Application Number 14678713
Grant Number 09507930
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-04-03
First Publication Date 2015-08-13
Grant Date 2016-11-29
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Russello, Anthony

Abstract

A multi-display device can interface with two or more different types of docking stations. The device can determine the type of dock and change the pin outs for a connector to interface with that dock. Once docked, the device can determine a charge status for the device and the dock to present the status to the user. Further, the dock can enter one of several modes, including a call receipt mode and an entertainment mode. The modes allow for expanded functionality for the device while docked. Two particular docks, the laptop dock and the smart dock, provide special functionality with the device.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 21/44 - Program or device authentication
  • G06F 21/62 - Protecting access to data via a platform, e.g. using keys or access control rules
  • G06F 13/40 - Bus structure
  • G06F 21/74 - Protecting specific internal or peripheral components, in which the protection of a component leads to protection of the entire computer to assure secure computing or processing of information operating in dual or compartmented mode, i.e. at least one secure mode
  • G06F 21/84 - Protecting input, output or interconnection devices output devices, e.g. displays or monitors
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements

94.

Auto-waking of a suspended OS in a dockable system

      
Application Number 14678669
Grant Number 09317457
Status In Force
Filing Date 2015-04-03
First Publication Date 2015-07-30
Grant Date 2016-04-19
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Reeves, Brian
  • Reeves, Paul E.
  • Teltz, Richard
  • Reeves, David
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Tyghe, Christopher
  • Yusupov, Alisher
  • Chincisan, Octavian
  • Liu, Wuke

Abstract

A mobile computing device with a mobile operating system and desktop operating system running concurrently and independently on a shared kernel without virtualization. The mobile operating system provides a user experience for the mobile computing device that suits the mobile environment. The desktop operating system provides a full desktop user experience when the mobile computing device is docked to a secondary terminal environment. The desktop operating system may be suspended when the mobile computing device is not docked with a secondary terminal environment and resumed when the mobile computing device is docked with a secondary terminal environment that provides a desktop computing experience. The mobile computing device may be a smartphone running the Android mobile OS and a full desktop Linux OS distribution on a modified Android kernel.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 13/14 - Handling requests for interconnection or transfer
  • G06F 9/44 - Arrangements for executing specific programs
  • G06F 13/40 - Bus structure
  • G06F 9/455 - Emulation; Interpretation; Software simulation, e.g. virtualisation or emulation of application or operating system execution engines
  • G06F 9/445 - Program loading or initiating

95.

Desktop reveal expansion

      
Application Number 14551575
Grant Number 09870121
Status In Force
Filing Date 2014-11-24
First Publication Date 2015-05-28
Grant Date 2018-01-16
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

A dual-screen user device and methods for revealing a combination of desktops on single and multiple screens are disclosed. Specifically, a determined number of desktops is displayed to at least one of the screens of the device conditioned upon input received and the state of the device. Where a screen of the device is determined to be inactive, the desktop is not displayed to the screen, but is stored in a virtually displayed state by the device. Upon receiving input that the inactive screen is active, the device can actually display the desktop to the screen.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus

96.

Desktop reveal

      
Application Number 14518784
Grant Number 09477394
Status In Force
Filing Date 2014-10-20
First Publication Date 2015-04-09
Grant Date 2016-10-25
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • Visosky, John Steven
  • De Paz, Alexander

Abstract

A multi-display device is adapted to be dockable or otherwise associatable with an additional device. In accordance with one exemplary embodiment, the multi-display device is dockable with a smartpad. The exemplary smartpad can include a screen, a touch sensitive display, a configurable area, a gesture capture region(s) and a camera. The smartpad can also include a port adapted to receive the device. The exemplary smartpad is able to cooperate with the device such that information displayable on the device is also displayable on the smartpad. Furthermore, any one or more of the functions on the device are extendable to the smartpad, with the smartpad capable of acting as an input/output interface or extension of the smartpad. Therefore, for example, information from one or more of the displays on the multi-screen device is displayable on the smartpad.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G09G 5/00 - Control arrangements or circuits for visual indicators common to cathode-ray tube indicators and other visual indicators
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors

97.

Mobile bandwidth advisor

      
Application Number 14557095
Grant Number 09185643
Status In Force
Filing Date 2014-12-01
First Publication Date 2015-03-26
Grant Date 2015-11-10
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor Jouin, Christophe Max Jean

Abstract

A wireless communication device is provided that includes a cellular telephony module to access a cellular network, a wireless communication module to access a non-cellular network, an antenna configured to be in wireless communication with a plurality of compatible and currently accessible communication networks including the cellular and non-cellular networks, a mobile network analyzer operable to determine network information about cellular and non-cellular communication networks, and a mobile network selector to determine, based on network information supplied by the mobile network analyzer whether a currently accessed communication network is sufficiently capable to perform a device activity already initiated or to be initiated by a user.

IPC Classes  ?

  • H04W 4/00 - Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
  • H04W 48/18 - Selecting a network or a communication service
  • H04W 88/06 - Terminal devices adapted for operation in multiple networks, e.g. multi-mode terminals

98.

Multi-display control

      
Application Number 14524938
Grant Number 10048827
Status In Force
Filing Date 2014-10-27
First Publication Date 2015-02-12
Grant Date 2018-08-14
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Gimpl, Martin
  • De Paz, Alexander
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv

Abstract

A dual-screen user device and methods for controlling data displayed thereby are disclosed. Specifically, the data displayed by the multiple screens of the dual-screen user device is conditioned upon the type of user gesture or combination of user gestures detected. The display controls described herein can correlate user inputs received in a gesture capture region to one or more display actions, which may include maximization, minimization, or reformatting instructions.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/00 - Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus

99.

Orientation arbitration

      
Application Number 14498330
Grant Number 08996073
Status In Force
Filing Date 2014-09-26
First Publication Date 2015-01-08
Grant Date 2015-03-31
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Visosky, John S.

Abstract

Methods and devices for configuring and displaying individual display screens of a multi-display device. More particularly, the method includes determining and presenting the display orientation of each display independently of other displays. The method and device may present a portrait display orientation in one display screen while simultaneously present a landscape display orientation in another display screen. Display orientation may be based on the user's desires and/or requirements of a hosted application. Upon rotation of the multi-display device, each screen display may be configured to maintain its orientation or may be configured to allow its display orientation to change, for example from portrait to landscape orientation. The display orientation characteristics for each display screen may be selectable by the user.

IPC Classes  ?

  • H04B 1/38 - Transceivers, i.e. devices in which transmitter and receiver form a structural unit and in which at least one part is used for functions of transmitting and receiving
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means

100.

Repositioning applications in a stack

      
Application Number 14485441
Grant Number 09760258
Status In Force
Filing Date 2014-09-12
First Publication Date 2014-12-25
Grant Date 2017-09-12
Owner Z124 (Cayman Islands)
Inventor
  • Sirpal, Sanjiv
  • Gimpl, Martin

Abstract

A dual-screen user device and methods for revealing a combination of desktops on single and multiple screens are disclosed. A number of desktops and/or running applications can be selectively displayed on dual screen displays conditioned upon inputs received and the state of the device. Desktop displays and applications can be selectively shifted between the screens by user gestures or moved off of the screens by other user gestures and therefore hidden. The hidden desktops and screens however can be re-displayed by yet another gesture. The user gestures prevent the user from having to open and close the running desktops and applications, or to execute other user commands that otherwise result in a laborious effort by the user to manage the multiple desktops and applications. One user gesture or input enables a user to change an order of the window stack by simply re-launching a selected desktop or application.

IPC Classes  ?

  • G06F 3/048 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
  • G06F 3/0484 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] for the control of specific functions or operations, e.g. selecting or manipulating an object, an image or a displayed text element, setting a parameter value or selecting a range
  • G06F 1/16 - Constructional details or arrangements
  • G06F 3/0481 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] based on specific properties of the displayed interaction object or a metaphor-based environment, e.g. interaction with desktop elements like windows or icons, or assisted by a cursor's changing behaviour or appearance
  • G06F 3/0483 - Interaction with page-structured environments, e.g. book metaphor
  • G06F 3/0488 - Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser using a touch-screen or digitiser, e.g. input of commands through traced gestures
  • G06F 3/14 - Digital output to display device
  • G06F 3/041 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means
  • G06F 3/01 - Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
  • G06T 3/40 - Scaling of a whole image or part thereof
  • G06F 3/0482 - Interaction with lists of selectable items, e.g. menus
  • G06F 3/0486 - Drag-and-drop
  • G06F 3/044 - Digitisers, e.g. for touch screens or touch pads, characterised by the transducing means by capacitive means
  • G06T 3/00 - Geometric image transformation in the plane of the image
  • G06F 3/0346 - Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
  • G09G 5/14 - Display of multiple viewports
  1     2     3     4        Next Page